1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 20 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 21 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 22 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 23 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 25 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 26 27 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 28 29 using namespace clang; 30 using namespace CodeGen; 31 32 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 33 llvm::Value *Array, 34 llvm::Value *Value, 35 unsigned FirstIndex, 36 unsigned LastIndex) { 37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 41 } 42 } 43 44 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 45 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 46 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 47 } 48 49 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 50 51 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 52 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 53 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 54 if (!RD) 55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 56 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 57 } 58 59 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 60 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 61 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 62 if (!RT) 63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 64 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 65 } 66 67 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 68 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 69 } 70 71 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 72 return CGT.getContext(); 73 } 74 75 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 76 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 77 } 78 79 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 80 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 81 } 82 83 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 84 return CGT.getTarget(); 85 } 86 87 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 88 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 89 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 90 switch (TheKind) { 91 case Direct: 92 OS << "Direct Type="; 93 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 94 Ty->print(OS); 95 else 96 OS << "null"; 97 break; 98 case Extend: 99 OS << "Extend"; 100 break; 101 case Ignore: 102 OS << "Ignore"; 103 break; 104 case InAlloca: 105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 106 break; 107 case Indirect: 108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 111 break; 112 case Expand: 113 OS << "Expand"; 114 break; 115 } 116 OS << ")\n"; 117 } 118 119 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 120 121 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 122 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 123 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 124 // Verified for: 125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 129 // AArch64 Linux 130 return 32; 131 } 132 133 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 136 // x86_stdcall 137 // MIPS 138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 139 return false; 140 } 141 142 void 143 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 147 // dynamic. 148 Opt = "-l"; 149 Opt += Lib; 150 } 151 152 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 153 154 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 155 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 156 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 157 bool AllowArrays) { 158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 159 return true; 160 161 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 162 163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 165 if (AllowArrays) 166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 167 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 168 return true; 169 FT = AT->getElementType(); 170 } 171 172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 173 if (!RT) 174 return false; 175 176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 177 // 178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 179 // current ABI. 180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 181 return false; 182 183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 184 } 185 186 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 187 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 188 /// considered empty. 189 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 191 if (!RT) 192 return 0; 193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 195 return false; 196 197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 201 return false; 202 203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 205 return false; 206 return true; 207 } 208 209 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 210 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 211 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 212 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 213 /// considered single element structs. 214 /// 215 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 216 /// it exists. 217 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 219 if (!RT) 220 return nullptr; 221 222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 224 return nullptr; 225 226 const Type *Found = nullptr; 227 228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 231 // Ignore empty records. 232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 233 continue; 234 235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 236 if (Found) 237 return nullptr; 238 239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 240 // cannot be a single element struct. 241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 242 if (!Found) 243 return nullptr; 244 } 245 } 246 247 // Check for single element. 248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 249 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 250 251 // Ignore empty fields. 252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 253 continue; 254 255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 256 // struct. 257 if (Found) 258 return nullptr; 259 260 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 263 break; 264 FT = AT->getElementType(); 265 } 266 267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 268 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 269 } else { 270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 271 if (!Found) 272 return nullptr; 273 } 274 } 275 276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 277 // padding beyond the element type. 278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 279 return nullptr; 280 281 return Found; 282 } 283 284 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 285 // Treat complex types as the element type. 286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 287 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 288 289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 294 return false; 295 296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 298 } 299 300 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 301 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 302 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 303 /// inhibiting optimizations. 304 /// 305 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 306 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 307 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 308 // capable of handling it. 309 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 310 // We can only expand structure types. 311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 312 if (!RT) 313 return false; 314 315 // We can only expand (C) structures. 316 // 317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 320 return false; 321 322 uint64_t Size = 0; 323 324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 326 return false; 327 328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 331 if (FD->isBitField()) 332 return false; 333 334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 335 } 336 337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 339 return false; 340 341 return true; 342 } 343 344 namespace { 345 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 346 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 347 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 348 /// conform to any particular ABI. 349 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 350 public: 351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 352 353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 355 356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 361 } 362 363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 365 }; 366 367 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 368 public: 369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 371 }; 372 373 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 375 return nullptr; 376 } 377 378 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 381 382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 385 386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 388 } 389 390 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 391 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 393 394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 396 397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 400 401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 403 } 404 405 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 406 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 407 // 408 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 409 // are always passed on the stack. 410 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 411 412 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 413 public: 414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 415 416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 418 419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 422 }; 423 424 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 425 public: 426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 428 }; 429 430 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 433 434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 436 } 437 438 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 440 return nullptr; 441 } 442 443 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 444 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 455 } 456 457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 459 } 460 461 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 462 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 464 465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 468 469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 472 473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 475 } 476 477 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 478 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 483 } 484 485 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 486 StringRef Constraint, 487 llvm::Type* Ty) { 488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 490 // Invalid MMX constraint 491 return nullptr; 492 } 493 494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 495 } 496 497 // No operation needed 498 return Ty; 499 } 500 501 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 502 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 503 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 504 505 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 506 struct CCState { 507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {} 508 509 unsigned CC; 510 unsigned FreeRegs; 511 unsigned StackOffset; 512 bool UseInAlloca; 513 }; 514 515 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 516 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 517 enum Class { 518 Integer, 519 Float 520 }; 521 522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 523 524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 526 bool IsWin32StructABI; 527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 528 529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 531 } 532 533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 534 535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 538 539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 540 541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 543 544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 548 549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 550 /// inalloca. 551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 552 553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 555 QualType Type) const; 556 557 public: 558 559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 562 563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 564 unsigned r) 565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 567 }; 568 569 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 570 public: 571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 574 575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 577 578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 580 581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 584 return 4; 585 } 586 587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 588 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 589 590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 591 StringRef Constraint, 592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 594 } 595 596 llvm::Constant * 597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 600 ('F' << 16) | 601 ('T' << 24); 602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 603 } 604 605 }; 606 607 } 608 609 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 610 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 611 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 612 ASTContext &Context) const { 613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 614 615 // Type must be register sized. 616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 617 return false; 618 619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 621 // registers. 622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 623 return false; 624 625 return true; 626 } 627 628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 629 // member function pointer it is ok. 630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 633 return true; 634 635 // Arrays are treated like records. 636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 638 639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 641 if (!RT) return false; 642 643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 644 645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 646 // passed in a register. 647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 648 // Empty fields are ignored. 649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 650 continue; 651 652 // Check fields recursively. 653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 654 return false; 655 } 656 return true; 657 } 658 659 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 661 // integer register. 662 if (State.FreeRegs) { 663 --State.FreeRegs; 664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 665 } 666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 667 } 668 669 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 670 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 672 673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 677 678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 680 // backend will like. 681 if (Size == 128) 682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 684 685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 690 Size)); 691 692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 693 } 694 695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 696 } 697 698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 703 } 704 705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 708 709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 710 // in a register. 711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 713 714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 718 // quality of the generated IR. 719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 723 724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 725 // padding. 726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 727 } 728 729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 730 } 731 732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 735 736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 738 } 739 740 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 742 } 743 744 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 746 if (!RT) 747 return 0; 748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 749 750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 754 return false; 755 756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 757 QualType FT = i->getType(); 758 759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 760 return true; 761 762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 763 return true; 764 } 765 766 return false; 767 } 768 769 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 770 unsigned Align) const { 771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 774 return 0; // Use default alignment. 775 776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 780 } 781 782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 785 return 16; 786 787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 788 } 789 790 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 791 CCState &State) const { 792 if (!ByVal) { 793 if (State.FreeRegs) { 794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 796 } 797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 798 } 799 800 // Compute the byval alignment. 801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 803 if (StackAlign == 0) 804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 805 806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 807 // argument. 808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 810 } 811 812 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 814 if (!T) 815 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 816 817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 820 return Float; 821 } 822 return Integer; 823 } 824 825 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 826 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 827 NeedsPadding = false; 828 Class C = classify(Ty); 829 if (C == Float) 830 return false; 831 832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 834 835 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 836 return false; 837 838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 839 State.FreeRegs = 0; 840 return false; 841 } 842 843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 844 845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) { 846 if (Size > 32) 847 return false; 848 849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 850 return true; 851 852 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 853 return true; 854 855 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 856 return true; 857 858 if (State.FreeRegs) 859 NeedsPadding = true; 860 861 return false; 862 } 863 864 return true; 865 } 866 867 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 868 CCState &State) const { 869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 872 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 879 } 880 881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 882 if (IsWin32StructABI) 883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 884 885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 888 } 889 890 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 893 894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 896 bool NeedsPadding; 897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 902 } 903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 904 905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 908 // optimizations. 909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType); 913 914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 915 } 916 917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 925 Size)); 926 } 927 928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 930 931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 932 } 933 934 935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 937 938 bool NeedsPadding; 939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 940 941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 942 if (InReg) 943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 945 } 946 if (InReg) 947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 949 } 950 951 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 954 State.FreeRegs = 2; 955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 957 else 958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 959 960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 962 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 963 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 964 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 965 if (State.FreeRegs) { 966 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 967 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 968 } 969 } 970 971 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 972 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 973 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 974 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 975 } 976 977 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 978 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 979 if (UsedInAlloca) 980 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 981 } 982 983 void 984 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 985 unsigned &StackOffset, 986 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 987 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 988 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 989 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 990 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 991 992 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 993 // byte aligned. 994 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 995 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 996 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 997 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 998 assert(NumBytes); 999 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1000 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1001 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1002 } 1003 } 1004 1005 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1006 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1007 1008 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1009 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1010 1011 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1012 1013 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1014 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1015 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1016 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1017 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1018 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1019 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1020 } 1021 1022 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1023 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1024 if (FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall) 1025 ++I; 1026 1027 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1028 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1029 1030 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1031 switch (I->info.getKind()) { 1032 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1033 assert(I->info.getIndirectByVal()); 1034 break; 1035 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1036 continue; 1037 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1038 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1039 if (I->info.getInReg()) 1040 continue; 1041 break; 1042 default: 1043 break; 1044 } 1045 1046 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1047 } 1048 1049 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1050 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1051 } 1052 1053 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1054 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1055 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1056 1057 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1058 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1059 "ap"); 1060 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1061 1062 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1063 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1064 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1065 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1066 if (Align > 4) { 1067 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1068 llvm::Value *Offset = 1069 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1070 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1071 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1072 CGF.Int32Ty); 1073 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1074 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1075 Addr->getType(), 1076 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1077 } 1078 1079 llvm::Type *PTy = 1080 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1081 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1082 1083 uint64_t Offset = 1084 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1085 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1086 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1087 "ap.next"); 1088 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1089 1090 return AddrTyped; 1091 } 1092 1093 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1094 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1095 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1096 1097 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1098 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1099 break; 1100 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1101 return false; 1102 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1103 return true; 1104 } 1105 1106 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1107 return true; 1108 1109 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1110 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX: 1111 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1112 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1113 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1114 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1115 return true; 1116 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1117 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1118 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1119 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1120 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1121 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1122 return true; 1123 default: 1124 return false; 1125 } 1126 default: 1127 return false; 1128 } 1129 } 1130 1131 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1132 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1133 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1134 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1135 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1136 // Get the LLVM function. 1137 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1138 1139 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1140 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1141 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1142 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1143 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1144 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1145 B)); 1146 } 1147 } 1148 } 1149 1150 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1151 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1152 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1153 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1154 1155 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1156 1157 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1158 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1159 // 8 is %eip. 1160 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1161 1162 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1163 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1164 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1165 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1166 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1167 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1168 1169 } else { 1170 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1171 // reason. 1172 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1173 1174 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1175 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1176 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1177 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1178 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1179 } 1180 1181 return false; 1182 } 1183 1184 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1185 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1186 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1187 1188 1189 namespace { 1190 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1191 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1192 enum Class { 1193 Integer = 0, 1194 SSE, 1195 SSEUp, 1196 X87, 1197 X87Up, 1198 ComplexX87, 1199 NoClass, 1200 Memory 1201 }; 1202 1203 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1204 /// 1205 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1206 /// classification \arg Field. 1207 /// 1208 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1209 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1210 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1211 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1212 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1213 1214 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1215 /// 1216 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1217 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1218 /// 1219 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1220 /// the classification process. 1221 /// 1222 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1223 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1224 /// 1225 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1226 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1227 /// 1228 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1229 1230 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1231 /// given type T should be passed. 1232 /// 1233 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1234 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1235 /// 1236 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1237 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1238 /// 1239 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1240 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1241 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1242 /// 1243 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1244 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1245 /// 1246 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1247 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1248 /// will be Memory. 1249 /// 1250 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1251 /// 1252 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1253 /// also be ComplexX87. 1254 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1255 bool isNamedArg) const; 1256 1257 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1258 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1259 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1260 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1261 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1262 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1263 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1264 1265 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1266 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1267 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1268 1269 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1270 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1271 /// 1272 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1273 /// available. 1274 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1275 1276 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1277 1278 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1279 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1280 unsigned &neededInt, 1281 unsigned &neededSSE, 1282 bool isNamedArg) const; 1283 1284 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1285 1286 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1287 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1288 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1289 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1290 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1291 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1292 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1293 } 1294 1295 bool HasAVX; 1296 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1297 // 64-bit hardware. 1298 bool Has64BitPointers; 1299 1300 public: 1301 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1302 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1303 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1304 } 1305 1306 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1307 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1308 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1309 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1310 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1311 if (info.isDirect()) { 1312 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1313 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1314 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1315 } 1316 return false; 1317 } 1318 1319 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1320 1321 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1322 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1323 }; 1324 1325 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1326 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1327 1328 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const; 1329 1330 public: 1331 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1332 1333 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1334 1335 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1336 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1337 }; 1338 1339 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1340 public: 1341 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1342 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 1343 1344 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1345 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1346 } 1347 1348 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1349 return 7; 1350 } 1351 1352 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1353 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1354 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1355 1356 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1357 // 16 is %rip. 1358 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1359 return false; 1360 } 1361 1362 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1363 StringRef Constraint, 1364 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1365 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1366 } 1367 1368 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1369 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1370 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1371 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1372 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1373 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1374 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1375 // defines varargs anyway. 1376 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1377 bool HasAVXType = false; 1378 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1379 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1380 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1381 HasAVXType = true; 1382 break; 1383 } 1384 } 1385 1386 if (!HasAVXType) 1387 return true; 1388 } 1389 1390 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1391 } 1392 1393 llvm::Constant * 1394 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1395 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1396 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1397 ('F' << 16) | 1398 ('T' << 24); 1399 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1400 } 1401 1402 }; 1403 1404 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1405 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1406 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1407 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1408 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1409 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1410 return ArgStr; 1411 } 1412 1413 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1414 public: 1415 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1416 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1417 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1418 1419 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1420 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1421 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1422 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1423 } 1424 1425 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1426 llvm::StringRef Value, 1427 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1428 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1429 } 1430 }; 1431 1432 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1433 public: 1434 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1435 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1436 1437 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1438 return 7; 1439 } 1440 1441 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1442 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1443 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1444 1445 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1446 // 16 is %rip. 1447 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1448 return false; 1449 } 1450 1451 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1452 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1453 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1454 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1455 } 1456 1457 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1458 llvm::StringRef Value, 1459 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1460 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1461 } 1462 }; 1463 1464 } 1465 1466 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1467 Class &Hi) const { 1468 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1469 // 1470 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1471 // memory. 1472 // 1473 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1474 // memory. 1475 // 1476 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1477 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1478 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1479 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1480 // 1481 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1482 // 1483 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1484 // only with unions; for example: 1485 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1486 // 1487 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1488 // 1489 if (Hi == Memory) 1490 Lo = Memory; 1491 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1492 Lo = Memory; 1493 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1494 Lo = Memory; 1495 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1496 Hi = SSE; 1497 } 1498 1499 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1500 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1501 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1502 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1503 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1504 // 1505 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1506 // 1507 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1508 // the other class. 1509 // 1510 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1511 // class. 1512 // 1513 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1514 // INTEGER. 1515 // 1516 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1517 // MEMORY is used as class. 1518 // 1519 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1520 1521 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1522 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1523 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1524 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1525 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1526 return Accum; 1527 if (Field == Memory) 1528 return Memory; 1529 if (Accum == NoClass) 1530 return Field; 1531 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1532 return Integer; 1533 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1534 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1535 return Memory; 1536 return SSE; 1537 } 1538 1539 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1540 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1541 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1542 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1543 // situations. 1544 1545 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1546 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1547 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1548 1549 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1550 1551 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1552 Current = Memory; 1553 1554 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1555 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1556 1557 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1558 Current = NoClass; 1559 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1560 Lo = Integer; 1561 Hi = Integer; 1562 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1563 Current = Integer; 1564 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1565 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1566 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1567 Current = SSE; 1568 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1569 Lo = X87; 1570 Hi = X87Up; 1571 } 1572 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1573 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1574 return; 1575 } 1576 1577 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1578 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1579 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1580 return; 1581 } 1582 1583 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1584 Current = Integer; 1585 return; 1586 } 1587 1588 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1589 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers) 1590 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1591 else 1592 Current = Integer; 1593 return; 1594 } 1595 1596 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1597 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1598 if (Size == 32) { 1599 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1600 // float> as integer. 1601 Current = Integer; 1602 1603 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1604 // split. 1605 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1606 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1607 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1608 Hi = Lo; 1609 } else if (Size == 64) { 1610 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1611 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1612 return; 1613 1614 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1615 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1616 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1617 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1618 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1619 Current = Integer; 1620 else 1621 Current = SSE; 1622 1623 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1624 // split. 1625 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1626 Hi = Lo; 1627 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1628 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1629 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1630 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1631 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1632 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1633 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1634 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1635 // 1636 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1637 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1638 // variadic function. 1639 Lo = SSE; 1640 Hi = SSEUp; 1641 } 1642 return; 1643 } 1644 1645 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1646 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1647 1648 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1649 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1650 if (Size <= 64) 1651 Current = Integer; 1652 else if (Size <= 128) 1653 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1654 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1655 Current = SSE; 1656 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1657 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1658 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1659 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1660 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1661 Current = ComplexX87; 1662 1663 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1664 // should be split. 1665 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1666 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1667 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1668 Hi = Lo; 1669 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 1673 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1674 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1675 1676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1677 1678 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1679 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1680 if (Size > 256) 1681 return; 1682 1683 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1684 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1685 // 1686 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1687 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1688 return; 1689 1690 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1691 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1692 Current = NoClass; 1693 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1694 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1695 1696 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1697 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1698 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1699 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1700 return; 1701 1702 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1703 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1704 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1705 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1706 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1707 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1708 break; 1709 } 1710 1711 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1712 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1713 return; 1714 } 1715 1716 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1717 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1718 1719 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1720 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1721 if (Size > 256) 1722 return; 1723 1724 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1725 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1726 // reference. 1727 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1728 return; 1729 1730 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1731 1732 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1733 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1734 return; 1735 1736 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1737 1738 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1739 Current = NoClass; 1740 1741 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1742 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1743 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1744 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1745 "Unexpected base class!"); 1746 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1747 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1748 1749 // Classify this field. 1750 // 1751 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1752 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1753 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1754 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1755 uint64_t Offset = 1756 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1757 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1758 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1759 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1760 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1761 break; 1762 } 1763 } 1764 1765 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1766 unsigned idx = 0; 1767 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1768 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1769 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1770 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1771 1772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1773 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1774 // 1775 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1776 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1777 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1778 // 1779 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1780 Lo = Memory; 1781 return; 1782 } 1783 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1784 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1785 Lo = Memory; 1786 return; 1787 } 1788 1789 // Classify this field. 1790 // 1791 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 1792 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 1793 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 1794 // NO_CLASS. 1795 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1796 1797 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 1798 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 1799 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 1800 if (BitField) { 1801 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 1802 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 1803 continue; 1804 1805 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1806 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 1807 1808 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 1809 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 1810 1811 if (EB_Lo) { 1812 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 1813 FieldLo = NoClass; 1814 FieldHi = Integer; 1815 } else { 1816 FieldLo = Integer; 1817 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 1818 } 1819 } else 1820 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1821 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1822 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1823 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1824 break; 1825 } 1826 1827 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1828 } 1829 } 1830 1831 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 1832 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1833 // place naturally. 1834 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1835 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1836 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1837 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1838 1839 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1840 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1841 } 1842 1843 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 1844 } 1845 1846 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1847 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1848 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 1849 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 1850 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 1851 return true; 1852 } 1853 1854 return false; 1855 } 1856 1857 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 1858 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 1859 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1860 // place naturally. 1861 // 1862 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 1863 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 1864 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 1865 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 1866 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 1867 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 1868 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1869 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1870 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1871 1872 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1873 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1874 } 1875 1876 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 1877 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 1878 1879 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 1880 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 1881 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 1882 1883 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 1884 // is important for good codegen. 1885 // 1886 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 1887 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 1888 // 1889 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 1890 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 1891 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 1892 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 1893 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 1894 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 1895 // might be inreg. 1896 // 1897 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 1898 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 1899 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 1900 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 1901 // 1902 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 1903 // attributes. See PR12193. 1904 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 1905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1906 1907 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 1908 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 1909 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 1910 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1911 Size)); 1912 } 1913 1914 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 1915 } 1916 1917 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 1918 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 1919 /// vector register. 1920 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1921 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 1922 1923 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 1924 // strip them off if present. 1925 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 1926 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 1927 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 1928 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 1929 } 1930 1931 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 1932 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 1933 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 1934 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 1935 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 1936 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 1937 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 1938 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 1939 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 1940 return VT; 1941 } 1942 1943 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 1944 } 1945 1946 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 1947 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 1948 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 1949 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 1950 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 1951 /// 1952 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 1953 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 1954 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 1955 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 1956 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 1957 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 1958 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 1959 if (TySize <= StartBit) 1960 return true; 1961 1962 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1963 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1964 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1965 1966 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 1967 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 1968 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 1969 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 1970 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 1971 1972 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 1973 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 1974 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 1975 return false; 1976 } 1977 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 1978 return true; 1979 } 1980 1981 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1982 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1983 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1984 1985 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 1986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1987 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1988 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1989 "Unexpected base class!"); 1990 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1991 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1992 1993 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 1994 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1995 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 1996 1997 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 1998 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 1999 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2000 return false; 2001 } 2002 } 2003 2004 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2005 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2006 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2007 // much. 2008 unsigned idx = 0; 2009 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2010 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2011 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2012 2013 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2014 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2015 2016 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2017 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2018 Context)) 2019 return false; 2020 } 2021 2022 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2023 // clean. 2024 return true; 2025 } 2026 2027 return false; 2028 } 2029 2030 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2031 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2032 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2033 /// false. 2034 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2035 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2036 // Base case if we find a float. 2037 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2038 return true; 2039 2040 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2041 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2042 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2043 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2044 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2045 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2046 } 2047 2048 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2049 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2050 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2051 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2052 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2053 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2054 } 2055 2056 return false; 2057 } 2058 2059 2060 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2061 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2062 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2063 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2064 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2065 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2066 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2067 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2068 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2069 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2070 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2071 2072 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2073 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2074 // case. 2075 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2076 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2077 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2078 2079 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2080 } 2081 2082 2083 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2084 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2085 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2086 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2087 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2088 /// etc). 2089 /// 2090 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2091 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2092 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2093 /// 2094 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2095 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2096 /// 2097 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2098 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2099 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2100 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2101 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2102 if (IROffset == 0) { 2103 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2104 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2105 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2106 return IRType; 2107 2108 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2109 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2110 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2111 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2112 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2113 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2114 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2115 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2116 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2117 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2118 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2119 2120 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2121 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2122 return IRType; 2123 } 2124 } 2125 2126 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2127 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2128 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2129 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2130 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2131 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2132 2133 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2134 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2135 } 2136 } 2137 2138 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2139 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2140 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2141 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2142 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2143 SourceOffset); 2144 } 2145 2146 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2147 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2148 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2149 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2150 2151 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2152 2153 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2154 // isn't larger than the structure. 2155 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2156 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2157 } 2158 2159 2160 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2161 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2162 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2163 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2164 /// return {i32*, float}. 2165 static llvm::Type * 2166 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2167 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2168 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2169 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2170 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2171 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2172 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2173 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2174 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2175 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2176 2177 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2178 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2179 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2180 // struct. 2181 if (HiStart != 8) { 2182 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2183 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2184 // Promote these to a larger type. 2185 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2186 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2187 else { 2188 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2189 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2194 2195 2196 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2197 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2198 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2199 return Result; 2200 } 2201 2202 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2203 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2204 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2205 // classification algorithm. 2206 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2207 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2208 2209 // Check some invariants. 2210 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2211 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2212 2213 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2214 switch (Lo) { 2215 case NoClass: 2216 if (Hi == NoClass) 2217 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2218 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2219 // null. 2220 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2221 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2222 break; 2223 2224 case SSEUp: 2225 case X87Up: 2226 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2227 2228 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2229 // hidden argument. 2230 case Memory: 2231 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2232 2233 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2234 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2235 case Integer: 2236 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2237 2238 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2239 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2240 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2241 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2242 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2243 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2244 2245 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2246 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2247 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2248 } 2249 break; 2250 2251 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2252 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2253 case SSE: 2254 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2255 break; 2256 2257 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2258 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2259 case X87: 2260 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2261 break; 2262 2263 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2264 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2265 // %st1. 2266 case ComplexX87: 2267 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2268 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2269 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2270 NULL); 2271 break; 2272 } 2273 2274 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2275 switch (Hi) { 2276 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2277 // never occur as a hi class. 2278 case Memory: 2279 case X87: 2280 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2281 2282 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2283 case NoClass: 2284 break; 2285 2286 case Integer: 2287 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2288 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2290 break; 2291 case SSE: 2292 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2293 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2294 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2295 break; 2296 2297 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2298 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2299 // vector register. 2300 // 2301 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2302 case SSEUp: 2303 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2304 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2305 break; 2306 2307 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2308 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2309 case X87Up: 2310 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2311 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2312 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2313 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2314 if (Lo != X87) { 2315 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2316 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2318 } 2319 break; 2320 } 2321 2322 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2323 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2324 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2325 if (HighPart) 2326 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2327 2328 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2329 } 2330 2331 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2332 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2333 bool isNamedArg) 2334 const 2335 { 2336 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2337 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2338 2339 // Check some invariants. 2340 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2341 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2342 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2343 2344 neededInt = 0; 2345 neededSSE = 0; 2346 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2347 switch (Lo) { 2348 case NoClass: 2349 if (Hi == NoClass) 2350 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2351 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2352 // null. 2353 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2354 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2355 break; 2356 2357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2358 // on the stack. 2359 case Memory: 2360 2361 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2362 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2363 case X87: 2364 case ComplexX87: 2365 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2366 ++neededInt; 2367 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2368 2369 case SSEUp: 2370 case X87Up: 2371 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2372 2373 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2374 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2375 // and %r9 is used. 2376 case Integer: 2377 ++neededInt; 2378 2379 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2380 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2381 2382 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2383 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2384 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2385 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2386 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2387 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2388 2389 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2390 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2391 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2392 } 2393 2394 break; 2395 2396 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2397 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2398 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2399 case SSE: { 2400 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2401 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2402 ++neededSSE; 2403 break; 2404 } 2405 } 2406 2407 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2408 switch (Hi) { 2409 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2410 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2411 // which is passed in memory. 2412 case Memory: 2413 case X87: 2414 case ComplexX87: 2415 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2416 2417 case NoClass: break; 2418 2419 case Integer: 2420 ++neededInt; 2421 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2422 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2423 2424 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2425 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2426 break; 2427 2428 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2429 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2430 case X87Up: 2431 case SSE: 2432 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2433 2434 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2435 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2436 2437 ++neededSSE; 2438 break; 2439 2440 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2441 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2442 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2443 case SSEUp: 2444 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2445 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2446 break; 2447 } 2448 2449 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2450 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2451 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2452 if (HighPart) 2453 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2454 2455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2456 } 2457 2458 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2459 2460 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2461 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2462 2463 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2464 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2465 2466 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2467 // integer register. 2468 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2469 --freeIntRegs; 2470 2471 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic(); 2472 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0; 2473 if (isVariadic) 2474 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs(); 2475 2476 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2477 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2478 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2479 it != ie; ++it) { 2480 bool isNamedArg = true; 2481 if (isVariadic) 2482 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) < 2483 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs); 2484 2485 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2486 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2487 neededSSE, isNamedArg); 2488 2489 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2490 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2491 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2492 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2493 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2494 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2495 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2496 } else { 2497 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2498 } 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2503 QualType Ty, 2504 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2505 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2506 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2507 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2508 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2509 2510 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2511 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2512 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2513 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2514 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2515 if (Align > 8) { 2516 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2517 llvm::Value *Offset = 2518 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2519 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2520 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2521 CGF.Int64Ty); 2522 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2523 overflow_arg_area = 2524 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2525 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2526 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2527 } 2528 2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2530 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2531 llvm::Value *Res = 2532 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2533 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2534 2535 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2536 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2537 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2538 // an 8 byte boundary. 2539 2540 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2541 llvm::Value *Offset = 2542 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2543 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2544 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2545 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2546 2547 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2548 return Res; 2549 } 2550 2551 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2552 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2553 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2554 // struct { 2555 // i32 gp_offset; 2556 // i32 fp_offset; 2557 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2558 // i8* reg_save_area; 2559 // }; 2560 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2561 2562 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2563 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2564 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2565 2566 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2567 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2568 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2569 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2570 2571 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2572 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2573 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2574 2575 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2576 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2577 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2578 // 2579 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2580 // register save space). 2581 2582 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2583 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2584 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2585 if (neededInt) { 2586 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2587 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2588 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2589 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2590 } 2591 2592 if (neededSSE) { 2593 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2594 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2595 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2596 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2597 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2598 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2599 } 2600 2601 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2602 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2603 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2604 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2605 2606 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2607 2608 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2609 2610 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2611 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2612 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2613 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2614 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2615 // 2616 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2617 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2618 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2619 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2620 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2621 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2622 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2623 "reg_save_area"); 2624 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2625 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2626 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2627 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2628 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2629 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2630 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2631 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2632 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2633 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2634 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2635 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2636 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2637 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2638 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2639 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2640 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2641 llvm::Value *V = 2642 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2643 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2644 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2645 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2646 2647 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2648 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2649 } else if (neededInt) { 2650 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2651 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2652 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2653 2654 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2655 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2656 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2657 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2658 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2659 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2660 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2661 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2662 RegAddr = Tmp; 2663 } 2664 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2665 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2666 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2667 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2668 } else { 2669 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2670 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2671 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2672 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2673 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2674 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2675 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2676 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2677 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2678 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2679 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2680 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2681 DblPtrTy)); 2682 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2683 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2684 DblPtrTy)); 2685 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2686 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2687 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2688 } 2689 2690 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2691 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2692 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2693 if (neededInt) { 2694 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2695 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2696 gp_offset_p); 2697 } 2698 if (neededSSE) { 2699 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2700 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2701 fp_offset_p); 2702 } 2703 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2704 2705 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2706 2707 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2708 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2709 2710 // Return the appropriate result. 2711 2712 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2713 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2714 "vaarg.addr"); 2715 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2716 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2717 return ResAddr; 2718 } 2719 2720 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const { 2721 2722 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2723 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2724 2725 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2726 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2727 2728 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2729 2730 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2731 if (RT) { 2732 if (!IsReturnType) { 2733 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2734 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2735 } 2736 2737 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2738 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2739 2740 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2741 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2742 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2743 Size)); 2744 } 2745 2746 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2747 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2748 // directly. 2749 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2750 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2751 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2752 } 2753 2754 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2755 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2756 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2757 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size)) 2758 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2759 2760 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2761 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 2762 } 2763 2764 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2765 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2766 2767 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2768 } 2769 2770 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2771 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2772 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true); 2773 2774 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 2775 I.info = classify(I.type, false); 2776 } 2777 2778 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2779 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2780 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2781 2782 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2783 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 2784 "ap"); 2785 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 2786 llvm::Type *PTy = 2787 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2788 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 2789 2790 uint64_t Offset = 2791 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 2792 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 2793 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 2794 "ap.next"); 2795 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 2796 2797 return AddrTyped; 2798 } 2799 2800 namespace { 2801 2802 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 2803 public: 2804 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2805 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 2806 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 2807 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2808 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2809 private: 2810 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 2811 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 2812 }; 2813 2814 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2815 public: 2816 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2817 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 2818 }; 2819 2820 } 2821 2822 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2823 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 2824 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2825 else 2826 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2827 } 2828 2829 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2830 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2831 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 2832 // is unuspported. 2833 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2834 } 2835 2836 2837 // PowerPC-32 2838 2839 namespace { 2840 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 2841 public: 2842 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 2843 2844 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2845 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2846 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2847 } 2848 2849 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2850 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2851 }; 2852 2853 } 2854 2855 bool 2856 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2857 llvm::Value *Address) const { 2858 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 2859 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 2860 2861 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2862 2863 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 2864 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 2865 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 2866 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 2867 2868 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 2869 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 2870 2871 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 2872 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 2873 2874 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 2875 // 64: mq 2876 // 65: lr 2877 // 66: ctr 2878 // 67: ap 2879 // 68-75 cr0-7 2880 // 76: xer 2881 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 2882 2883 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 2884 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 2885 2886 // 109: vrsave 2887 // 110: vscr 2888 // 111: spe_acc 2889 // 112: spefscr 2890 // 113: sfp 2891 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 2892 2893 return false; 2894 } 2895 2896 // PowerPC-64 2897 2898 namespace { 2899 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 2900 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 2901 public: 2902 enum ABIKind { 2903 ELFv1 = 0, 2904 ELFv2 2905 }; 2906 2907 private: 2908 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 2909 ABIKind Kind; 2910 2911 public: 2912 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 2913 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 2914 2915 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 2916 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 2917 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 2918 uint64_t &Members) const; 2919 2920 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 2921 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 2922 2923 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 2924 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 2925 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 2926 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 2927 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 2928 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 2929 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 2930 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2931 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2932 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 2933 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 2934 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 2935 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 2936 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 2937 if (T) { 2938 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2939 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 2940 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 2941 QualType QT(T, 0); 2942 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 2943 continue; 2944 } 2945 } 2946 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 2947 } 2948 } 2949 2950 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2951 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2952 }; 2953 2954 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2955 public: 2956 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 2957 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 2958 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 2959 2960 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2961 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2962 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2963 } 2964 2965 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2966 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2967 }; 2968 2969 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 2970 public: 2971 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 2972 2973 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2974 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2975 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2976 } 2977 2978 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2979 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2980 }; 2981 2982 } 2983 2984 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 2985 // extended to 64 bits. 2986 bool 2987 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 2988 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2989 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2990 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2991 2992 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 2993 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2994 return true; 2995 2996 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 2997 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 2998 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 2999 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3000 case BuiltinType::Int: 3001 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3002 return true; 3003 default: 3004 break; 3005 } 3006 3007 return false; 3008 } 3009 3010 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3011 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3012 bool 3013 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3014 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3015 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3016 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3017 3018 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3019 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3020 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3021 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3022 3023 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3024 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3025 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3026 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3027 if (EltType) { 3028 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3029 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3030 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3031 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3032 AlignAsType = EltType; 3033 } 3034 3035 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3036 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3037 uint64_t Members = 0; 3038 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3039 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3040 AlignAsType = Base; 3041 3042 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3043 if (AlignAsType) 3044 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3045 3046 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3047 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3048 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3049 return true; 3050 3051 return false; 3052 } 3053 3054 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3055 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3056 /// to the number of base elements. 3057 bool 3058 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3059 uint64_t &Members) const { 3060 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3061 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3062 if (NElements == 0) 3063 return false; 3064 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3065 return false; 3066 Members *= NElements; 3067 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3068 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3069 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3070 return false; 3071 3072 Members = 0; 3073 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3074 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3075 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3076 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3077 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3078 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3079 return false; 3080 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3081 } 3082 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3083 continue; 3084 3085 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3086 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3087 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3088 continue; 3089 3090 uint64_t FldMembers; 3091 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3092 return false; 3093 3094 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3095 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3096 } 3097 3098 if (!Base) 3099 return false; 3100 3101 // Ensure there is no padding. 3102 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3103 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3104 return false; 3105 } else { 3106 Members = 1; 3107 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3108 Members = 2; 3109 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3110 } 3111 3112 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3113 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3114 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3115 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 3116 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 3117 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3118 return false; 3119 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3120 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128) 3121 return false; 3122 } else { 3123 return false; 3124 } 3125 3126 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3127 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3128 // treated as being equivalent here. 3129 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3130 if (!Base) 3131 Base = TyPtr; 3132 3133 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3134 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3135 return false; 3136 } 3137 3138 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3139 // or two registers depending on their size. 3140 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : 3141 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3142 3143 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3144 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8); 3145 } 3146 3147 ABIArgInfo 3148 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3149 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3150 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3151 3152 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3153 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3154 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3155 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3156 if (Size > 128) 3157 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3158 else if (Size < 128) { 3159 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3160 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3161 } 3162 } 3163 3164 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3165 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3166 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3167 3168 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3169 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3170 3171 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3172 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3173 uint64_t Members = 0; 3174 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3175 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3176 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3177 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3178 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3179 } 3180 3181 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3182 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3183 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3184 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3185 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3186 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3187 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3188 3189 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3190 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3191 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3192 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3193 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3194 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3195 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3196 else { 3197 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3198 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3199 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3200 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3201 } 3202 3203 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3204 } 3205 3206 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3207 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3208 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3209 } 3210 3211 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3212 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3213 } 3214 3215 ABIArgInfo 3216 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3217 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3218 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3219 3220 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3221 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3222 3223 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3224 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3225 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3226 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3227 if (Size > 128) 3228 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3229 else if (Size < 128) { 3230 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3231 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3232 } 3233 } 3234 3235 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3236 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3237 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3238 uint64_t Members = 0; 3239 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3240 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3241 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3242 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3244 } 3245 3246 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3247 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3248 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3249 if (Bits == 0) 3250 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3251 3252 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3253 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3254 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3255 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3256 } else 3257 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3258 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3259 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3260 } 3261 3262 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3263 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3264 } 3265 3266 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3267 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3268 } 3269 3270 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3271 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3272 QualType Ty, 3273 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3274 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3275 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3276 3277 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3278 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3279 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3280 3281 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3282 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3283 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3284 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3285 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3286 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3287 } 3288 3289 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3290 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3291 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3292 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3293 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3294 QualType BaseTy; 3295 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3296 3297 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3298 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3299 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3300 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3301 SizeInBytes = 16; 3302 } 3303 3304 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3305 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3306 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3307 "ap.next"); 3308 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3309 3310 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3311 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3312 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3313 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3314 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3315 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3316 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3317 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3318 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3319 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3320 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3321 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3322 } else { 3323 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3324 } 3325 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3326 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3327 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3328 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3329 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3330 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3331 "vacplx"); 3332 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3333 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3334 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3335 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3336 return Ptr; 3337 } 3338 3339 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3340 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3341 // correct offset. 3342 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3343 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3344 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3345 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3346 } 3347 3348 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3349 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3350 } 3351 3352 static bool 3353 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3354 llvm::Value *Address) { 3355 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3356 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3357 3358 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3359 3360 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3361 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3362 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3363 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3364 3365 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3366 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3367 3368 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3369 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3370 3371 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3372 // 64: mq 3373 // 65: lr 3374 // 66: ctr 3375 // 67: ap 3376 // 68-75 cr0-7 3377 // 76: xer 3378 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3379 3380 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3381 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3382 3383 // 109: vrsave 3384 // 110: vscr 3385 // 111: spe_acc 3386 // 112: spefscr 3387 // 113: sfp 3388 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3389 3390 return false; 3391 } 3392 3393 bool 3394 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3395 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3396 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3397 3398 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3399 } 3400 3401 bool 3402 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3403 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3404 3405 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3406 } 3407 3408 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3409 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3410 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3411 3412 namespace { 3413 3414 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3415 public: 3416 enum ABIKind { 3417 AAPCS = 0, 3418 DarwinPCS 3419 }; 3420 3421 private: 3422 ABIKind Kind; 3423 3424 public: 3425 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3426 3427 private: 3428 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3429 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3430 3431 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3432 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3433 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3434 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3435 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3436 3437 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3438 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3439 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3440 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3441 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3442 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3443 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3444 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3445 3446 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3447 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3448 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3449 // partially in registers. 3450 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3451 3452 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3453 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3454 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ? 3455 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() : 3456 FI.arg_size()); 3457 3458 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3459 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3460 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3461 it != ie; ++it) { 3462 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3463 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3464 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3465 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3466 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) < 3467 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs)); 3468 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3469 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3470 3471 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3472 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3473 // padding by the back end. 3474 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3475 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3476 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3477 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3478 3479 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3480 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3481 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3482 } 3483 3484 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3485 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3486 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3487 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3488 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3489 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3490 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3491 } 3492 3493 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3494 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3495 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3496 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3497 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3498 it->info = 3499 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3500 } 3501 } 3502 } 3503 3504 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3505 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3506 3507 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3508 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3509 3510 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3511 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3512 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3513 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3514 } 3515 }; 3516 3517 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3518 public: 3519 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3520 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3521 3522 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3523 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3524 } 3525 3526 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3527 3528 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3529 }; 3530 } 3531 3532 static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3533 ASTContext &Context, 3534 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr); 3535 3536 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3537 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3538 bool &IsHA, 3539 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3540 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3541 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3542 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3543 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3544 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3545 if (Size <= 32) { 3546 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3547 AllocatedGPR++; 3548 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3549 } 3550 if (Size == 64) { 3551 llvm::Type *ResType = 3552 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3553 AllocatedVFP++; 3554 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3555 } 3556 if (Size == 128) { 3557 llvm::Type *ResType = 3558 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3559 AllocatedVFP++; 3560 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3561 } 3562 AllocatedGPR++; 3563 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3564 } 3565 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3566 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3567 AllocatedVFP++; 3568 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3569 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3570 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3571 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3572 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3573 AllocatedVFP++; 3574 } 3575 3576 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3577 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3578 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3579 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3580 3581 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3582 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3583 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3584 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3585 3586 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3587 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3588 } 3589 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3590 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3591 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3592 } 3593 3594 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3595 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3596 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3597 AllocatedGPR++; 3598 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3599 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3600 } 3601 3602 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3603 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3604 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3605 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3606 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3607 3608 ++AllocatedGPR; 3609 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3610 } 3611 3612 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3613 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3614 uint64_t Members = 0; 3615 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) { 3616 IsHA = true; 3617 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3618 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3619 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3620 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3621 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3622 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3623 } 3624 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3625 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3626 } 3627 3628 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3629 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3630 if (Size <= 128) { 3631 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3632 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3633 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3634 3635 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3636 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 3637 IsSmallAggr = true; 3638 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3639 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3640 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3641 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3642 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3643 } 3644 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3645 } 3646 3647 AllocatedGPR++; 3648 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3649 } 3650 3651 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3652 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3653 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3654 3655 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3656 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3657 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3658 3659 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3660 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3661 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3662 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3663 3664 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3665 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3666 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3667 } 3668 3669 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3670 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3671 3672 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3673 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) 3674 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3675 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3676 3677 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3678 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3679 if (Size <= 128) { 3680 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3681 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3682 } 3683 3684 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3685 } 3686 3687 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3688 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3689 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3690 // Check whether VT is legal. 3691 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3692 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3693 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3694 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3695 return true; 3696 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3697 } 3698 return false; 3699 } 3700 3701 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3702 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP, 3703 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 3704 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 3705 // Standard, section B.4: 3706 // 3707 // struct { 3708 // void *__stack; 3709 // void *__gr_top; 3710 // void *__vr_top; 3711 // int __gr_offs; 3712 // int __vr_offs; 3713 // }; 3714 3715 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 3716 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3717 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 3718 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3719 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 3720 3721 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 3722 int reg_top_index; 3723 int RegSize; 3724 if (AllocatedGPR) { 3725 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 3726 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 3727 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 3728 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 3729 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 3730 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 3731 } else { 3732 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 3733 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 3734 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 3735 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 3736 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 3737 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 3738 } 3739 3740 //======================================= 3741 // Find out where argument was passed 3742 //======================================= 3743 3744 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 3745 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 3746 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 3747 // whatever they get). 3748 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 3749 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 3750 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 3751 3752 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 3753 3754 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 3755 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 3756 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 3757 3758 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 3759 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 3760 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 3761 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3762 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3763 3764 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3765 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 3766 "align_regoffs"); 3767 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3768 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 3769 "aligned_regoffs"); 3770 } 3771 3772 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 3773 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 3774 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3775 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 3776 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 3777 3778 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 3779 // registers or not. 3780 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3781 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 3782 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 3783 3784 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 3785 3786 //======================================= 3787 // Argument was in registers 3788 //======================================= 3789 3790 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 3791 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 3792 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3793 3794 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 3795 reg_top_p = 3796 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 3797 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 3798 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 3799 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 3800 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 3801 3802 if (IsIndirect) { 3803 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 3804 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 3805 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 3806 } 3807 3808 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3809 uint64_t NumMembers; 3810 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers); 3811 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 3812 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 3813 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 3814 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 3815 // contiguously. 3816 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 3817 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3818 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 3819 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 3820 int Offset = 0; 3821 3822 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 3823 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 3824 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 3825 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 3826 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 3827 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 3828 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 3829 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 3830 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 3831 3832 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 3833 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 3834 } 3835 3836 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 3837 } else { 3838 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 3839 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 3840 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 3841 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 3842 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 3843 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3844 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3845 3846 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3847 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3848 3849 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3850 } 3851 3852 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 3853 } 3854 3855 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3856 3857 //======================================= 3858 // Argument was on the stack 3859 //======================================= 3860 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 3861 3862 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 3863 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 3864 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 3865 3866 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 3867 // floating-point ones might be affected. 3868 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3869 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3870 3871 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3872 3873 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3874 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 3875 "align_stack"); 3876 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3877 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 3878 "align_stack"); 3879 3880 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3881 } 3882 3883 uint64_t StackSize; 3884 if (IsIndirect) 3885 StackSize = 8; 3886 else 3887 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3888 3889 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 3890 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 3891 3892 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 3893 llvm::Value *NewStack = 3894 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 3895 3896 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 3897 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 3898 3899 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 3900 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 3901 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3902 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3903 3904 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3905 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3906 3907 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3908 } 3909 3910 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 3911 3912 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3913 3914 //======================================= 3915 // Tidy up 3916 //======================================= 3917 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 3918 3919 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 3920 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 3921 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 3922 3923 if (IsIndirect) 3924 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 3925 3926 return ResAddr; 3927 } 3928 3929 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3930 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3931 3932 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 3933 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3934 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 3935 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 3936 3937 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP, 3938 AI.isIndirect(), CGF); 3939 } 3940 3941 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3942 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3943 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 3944 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 3945 // other cases. 3946 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 3947 return nullptr; 3948 3949 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3950 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3951 3952 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3953 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext()); 3954 3955 bool isIndirect = false; 3956 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 3957 // be passed indirectly. 3958 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 3959 isIndirect = true; 3960 Size = 8; 3961 Align = 8; 3962 } 3963 3964 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 3965 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 3966 3967 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3968 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3969 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3970 3971 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3972 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 3973 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3974 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3975 } 3976 3977 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 3978 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 3979 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 3980 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 3981 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3982 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 3983 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 3984 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 3985 } 3986 3987 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 3988 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 3989 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 3990 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3991 3992 if (isIndirect) 3993 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 3994 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3995 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3996 3997 return AddrTyped; 3998 } 3999 4000 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4001 // ARM ABI Implementation 4002 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4003 4004 namespace { 4005 4006 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4007 public: 4008 enum ABIKind { 4009 APCS = 0, 4010 AAPCS = 1, 4011 AAPCS_VFP 4012 }; 4013 4014 private: 4015 ABIKind Kind; 4016 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4017 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4018 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4019 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4020 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4021 4022 public: 4023 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4024 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4025 setRuntimeCC(); 4026 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4027 } 4028 4029 bool isEABI() const { 4030 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4031 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4032 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4033 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4034 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4035 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4036 return true; 4037 default: 4038 return false; 4039 } 4040 } 4041 4042 bool isEABIHF() const { 4043 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4044 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4045 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4046 return true; 4047 default: 4048 return false; 4049 } 4050 } 4051 4052 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4053 4054 private: 4055 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4056 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4057 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4058 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4059 4060 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4061 4062 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4063 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4064 4065 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4066 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4067 void setRuntimeCC(); 4068 4069 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4070 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4071 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4072 }; 4073 4074 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4075 public: 4076 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4077 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4078 4079 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4080 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4081 } 4082 4083 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4084 return 13; 4085 } 4086 4087 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4088 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4089 } 4090 4091 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4092 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4093 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4094 4095 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4096 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4097 return false; 4098 } 4099 4100 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4101 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4102 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4103 } 4104 4105 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4106 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4107 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4108 if (!FD) 4109 return; 4110 4111 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4112 if (!Attr) 4113 return; 4114 4115 const char *Kind; 4116 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4117 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4118 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4119 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4120 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4121 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4122 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4123 } 4124 4125 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4126 4127 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4128 4129 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4130 return; 4131 4132 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4133 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4134 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4135 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4136 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4137 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4138 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4139 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4140 B)); 4141 } 4142 4143 }; 4144 4145 } 4146 4147 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4148 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4149 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4150 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4151 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4152 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4153 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4154 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4155 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4156 4157 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4158 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4159 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4160 } else { 4161 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4162 } 4163 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4164 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4165 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4166 bool IsCPRC = false; 4167 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4168 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4169 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4170 4171 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4172 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4173 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4174 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4175 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4176 // unusable anyway. 4177 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4178 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4179 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4180 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4181 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4182 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4183 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4184 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4185 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4186 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4187 PaddingTy); 4188 } else { 4189 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4190 PaddingTy); 4191 } 4192 } 4193 } 4194 4195 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4196 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4197 return; 4198 4199 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4200 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4201 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4202 } 4203 4204 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4205 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4206 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4207 if (isEABIHF()) 4208 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4209 else if (isEABI()) 4210 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4211 else 4212 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4213 } 4214 4215 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4216 /// as the C calling convention. 4217 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4218 switch (getABIKind()) { 4219 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4220 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4221 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4222 } 4223 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4224 } 4225 4226 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4227 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4228 4229 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4230 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4231 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4232 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4233 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4234 } 4235 4236 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous 4237 /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements 4238 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the 4239 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. 4240 static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 4241 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) { 4242 uint64_t Members = 0; 4243 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4244 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members)) 4245 return false; 4246 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4247 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4248 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4249 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4250 return false; 4251 4252 Members = 0; 4253 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 4254 uint64_t FldMembers; 4255 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers)) 4256 return false; 4257 4258 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 4259 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 4260 } 4261 } else { 4262 Members = 1; 4263 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4264 Members = 2; 4265 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 4266 } 4267 4268 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4269 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 4270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4271 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 4272 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 4273 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4274 return false; 4275 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4276 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 4277 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) 4278 return false; 4279 } else { 4280 return false; 4281 } 4282 4283 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the 4284 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. 4285 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 4286 if (!Base) 4287 Base = TyPtr; 4288 4289 if (Base != TyPtr) { 4290 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the 4291 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have 4292 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type: 4293 4294 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number 4295 // of their members. 4296 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType() 4297 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4298 4299 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same 4300 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS. 4301 const bool SameSizeDoubles = 4302 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) 4303 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)) 4304 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4305 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))) 4306 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4307 4308 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles) 4309 return false; 4310 } 4311 } 4312 4313 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. 4314 if (HAMembers) 4315 *HAMembers = Members; 4316 4317 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); 4318 } 4319 4320 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4321 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4322 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4323 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4324 // Early Exit. 4325 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4326 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4327 // the stack. 4328 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4329 return; 4330 } 4331 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4332 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4333 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4334 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4335 bool FoundSlot = true; 4336 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4337 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4338 FoundSlot = false; 4339 break; 4340 } 4341 if (FoundSlot) { 4342 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4343 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4344 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4345 return; 4346 } 4347 } 4348 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4349 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4350 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4351 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4352 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4353 } 4354 4355 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4356 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4357 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4358 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4359 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4360 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4361 4362 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4363 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4364 4365 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4366 } 4367 4368 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4369 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4370 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4371 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4372 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4373 } 4374 4375 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4376 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4377 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4378 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4379 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4380 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4381 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4382 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4383 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4384 // to four Elements. 4385 4386 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4387 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4388 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4389 if (Size <= 32) { 4390 llvm::Type *ResType = 4391 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4392 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4393 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4394 } 4395 if (Size == 64) { 4396 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4397 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4398 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4399 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4400 } else { 4401 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4402 IsCPRC = true; 4403 } 4404 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4405 } 4406 if (Size == 128) { 4407 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4408 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4409 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4410 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4411 } else { 4412 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4413 IsCPRC = true; 4414 } 4415 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4416 } 4417 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4419 } 4420 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4421 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4422 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4423 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4424 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4425 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4426 IsCPRC = true; 4427 } 4428 } 4429 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4430 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4431 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4432 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4433 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4434 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4435 IsCPRC = true; 4436 } 4437 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4438 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4439 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4440 IsCPRC = true; 4441 } 4442 } 4443 } 4444 4445 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4446 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4447 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4448 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4449 } 4450 4451 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4452 if (!IsCPRC) 4453 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4454 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4455 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4456 } 4457 4458 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4459 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4460 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4461 } 4462 4463 // Ignore empty records. 4464 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4465 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4466 4467 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4468 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4469 // into VFP registers. 4470 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4471 uint64_t Members = 0; 4472 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) { 4473 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4474 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4475 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4476 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4477 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4478 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4479 Members * ElementSize); 4480 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4481 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4482 else { 4483 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4484 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4485 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4486 } 4487 IsCPRC = true; 4488 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4489 } 4490 } 4491 4492 // Support byval for ARM. 4493 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4494 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4495 // than ABI alignment. 4496 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4497 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4498 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4499 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4500 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4501 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4502 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4503 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4504 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4505 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4506 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4507 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4508 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4509 } 4510 4511 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4512 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4513 unsigned SizeRegs; 4514 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4515 // we can. 4516 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4517 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4518 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4519 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4520 } else { 4521 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4522 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4523 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4524 } 4525 4526 llvm::Type *STy = 4527 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4528 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy); 4529 } 4530 4531 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4532 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4533 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4534 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4535 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4536 4537 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4538 4539 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4540 if (Size > 32) 4541 return false; 4542 4543 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4544 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4545 return false; 4546 4547 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4548 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4549 return false; 4550 4551 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4552 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4553 return true; 4554 4555 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4556 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4557 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4558 4559 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4560 // above, but they are not. 4561 4562 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4563 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4564 if (!RT) return false; 4565 4566 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4567 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4568 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4569 return false; 4570 4571 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4572 // like". 4573 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4574 4575 bool HadField = false; 4576 unsigned idx = 0; 4577 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4578 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4579 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4580 4581 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4582 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4583 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4584 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4585 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4586 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4587 HadField = true; 4588 4589 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4590 return false; 4591 4592 continue; 4593 } 4594 4595 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4596 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4597 return false; 4598 4599 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4600 return false; 4601 4602 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4603 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4604 // empty structure. 4605 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4606 if (HadField) 4607 return false; 4608 4609 HadField = true; 4610 } 4611 } 4612 4613 return true; 4614 } 4615 4616 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4617 bool isVariadic) const { 4618 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4619 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4620 4621 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4622 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4623 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4624 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4625 } 4626 4627 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4628 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4629 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4630 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4631 4632 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4633 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4634 } 4635 4636 // Are we following APCS? 4637 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4638 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4639 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4640 4641 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4642 // 4643 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4644 // correctly. 4645 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 4647 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4648 4649 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4650 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4651 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4652 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4653 if (Size <= 8) 4654 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4655 if (Size <= 16) 4656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4657 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4658 } 4659 4660 // Otherwise return in memory. 4661 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4662 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4663 } 4664 4665 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4666 4667 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4668 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4669 4670 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4671 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4672 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4673 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) { 4674 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4675 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4676 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4677 } 4678 } 4679 4680 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4681 // are returned indirectly. 4682 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4683 if (Size <= 32) { 4684 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4685 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4686 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4687 4688 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4689 if (Size <= 8) 4690 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4691 if (Size <= 16) 4692 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4693 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4694 } 4695 4696 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4697 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4698 } 4699 4700 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4701 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4702 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4703 // Check whether VT is legal. 4704 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4705 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4706 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4707 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4708 return true; 4709 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4710 return Size <= 32; 4711 } 4712 return false; 4713 } 4714 4715 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4716 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4717 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4718 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4719 4720 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4721 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4722 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4723 4724 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4725 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4726 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4727 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4728 } 4729 4730 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4731 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4732 bool IsIndirect = false; 4733 4734 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4735 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4736 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4737 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4738 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4739 else 4740 TyAlign = 4; 4741 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4742 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4743 IsIndirect = true; 4744 Size = 4; 4745 TyAlign = 4; 4746 } 4747 4748 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4749 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4750 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4751 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4752 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4753 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4754 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4755 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4756 } 4757 4758 uint64_t Offset = 4759 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4760 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4761 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4762 "ap.next"); 4763 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4764 4765 if (IsIndirect) 4766 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4767 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4768 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4769 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4770 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4771 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4772 // than the ABI alignment. 4773 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4774 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4775 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4776 "var.align"); 4777 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4778 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4779 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4780 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4781 TyAlign, false); 4782 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4783 } 4784 llvm::Type *PTy = 4785 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4786 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4787 4788 return AddrTyped; 4789 } 4790 4791 namespace { 4792 4793 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4794 public: 4795 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4796 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 4797 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4798 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4799 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4800 private: 4801 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 4802 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 4803 }; 4804 4805 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4806 public: 4807 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4808 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4809 }; 4810 4811 } 4812 4813 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4814 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 4815 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 4816 else 4817 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 4818 } 4819 4820 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4821 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4822 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 4823 // is unsupported. 4824 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4825 } 4826 4827 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4828 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4829 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4830 4831 namespace { 4832 4833 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4834 public: 4835 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4836 4837 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4838 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4839 4840 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4841 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4842 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4843 }; 4844 4845 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4846 public: 4847 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4848 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4849 4850 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4851 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 4852 private: 4853 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 4854 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 4855 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 4856 }; 4857 4858 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4859 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4860 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4861 4862 // note: this is different from default ABI 4863 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 4864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4865 4866 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4867 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4868 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4869 4870 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4871 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4872 } 4873 4874 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 4875 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4876 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 4877 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4878 4879 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4880 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4881 } 4882 4883 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4884 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4885 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 4886 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 4887 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 4888 4889 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4890 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4891 return; 4892 4893 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 4894 } 4895 4896 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4897 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 4898 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 4899 } 4900 4901 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 4902 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4903 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 4904 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4905 if (!FD) return; 4906 4907 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4908 4909 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 4910 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4911 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 4912 // By default, all functions are device functions 4913 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 4914 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 4915 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 4916 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 4917 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 4918 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 4919 } 4920 } 4921 4922 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 4923 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4924 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 4925 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 4926 // need to set the noinline attribute. 4927 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 4928 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 4929 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 4930 } 4931 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 4932 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 4933 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 4934 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 4935 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 4936 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 4937 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 4938 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 4939 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 4940 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 4941 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 4942 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 4943 } 4944 } 4945 } 4946 } 4947 4948 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 4949 int Operand) { 4950 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 4951 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 4952 4953 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 4954 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 4955 4956 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 4957 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 4958 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 4959 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 4960 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 4961 } 4962 } 4963 4964 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4965 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 4966 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4967 4968 namespace { 4969 4970 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4971 public: 4972 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4973 4974 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 4975 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 4976 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4977 4978 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4979 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 4980 4981 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 4982 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4983 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 4984 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 4985 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 4986 } 4987 4988 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4989 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4990 }; 4991 4992 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4993 public: 4994 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4995 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4996 }; 4997 4998 } 4999 5000 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5001 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5002 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5003 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5004 5005 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5006 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5007 return true; 5008 5009 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5010 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5011 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5012 case BuiltinType::Int: 5013 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5014 return true; 5015 default: 5016 return false; 5017 } 5018 return false; 5019 } 5020 5021 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5022 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5023 } 5024 5025 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5026 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5027 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5028 case BuiltinType::Float: 5029 case BuiltinType::Double: 5030 return true; 5031 default: 5032 return false; 5033 } 5034 5035 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5036 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5037 bool Found = false; 5038 5039 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5040 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5041 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5042 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5043 5044 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5045 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5046 continue; 5047 5048 if (Found) 5049 return false; 5050 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5051 if (!Found) 5052 return false; 5053 } 5054 5055 // Check the fields. 5056 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5057 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5058 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5059 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5060 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5061 return true; 5062 5063 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5064 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5065 if (Found) 5066 return false; 5067 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5068 if (!Found) 5069 return false; 5070 } 5071 5072 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5073 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5074 return Found; 5075 } 5076 5077 return false; 5078 } 5079 5080 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5081 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5082 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5083 // struct { 5084 // i64 __gpr; 5085 // i64 __fpr; 5086 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5087 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5088 // }; 5089 5090 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5091 // GPRs or FPRs. 5092 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5093 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5094 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5095 5096 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5097 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5098 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5099 if (IsIndirect) { 5100 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5101 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5102 } else 5103 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5104 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5105 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5106 5107 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5108 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5109 5110 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5111 if (InFPRs) { 5112 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5113 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5114 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5115 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5116 } else { 5117 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5118 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5119 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5120 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5121 } 5122 5123 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5124 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5125 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5126 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5127 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5128 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5129 "fits_in_regs"); 5130 5131 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5132 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5133 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5134 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5135 5136 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5137 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5138 5139 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5140 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5141 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5142 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5143 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5144 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5145 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5146 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5147 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5148 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5149 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5150 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5151 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5152 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5153 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5154 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5155 5156 // Update the register count 5157 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5158 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5159 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5160 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5161 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5162 5163 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5164 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5165 5166 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5167 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5168 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5169 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5170 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5171 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5172 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5173 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5174 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5175 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5176 5177 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5178 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5179 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5180 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5181 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5182 5183 // Return the appropriate result. 5184 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5185 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5186 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5187 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5188 5189 if (IsIndirect) 5190 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5191 5192 return ResAddr; 5193 } 5194 5195 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5196 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5197 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5198 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5199 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5200 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5201 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5202 } 5203 5204 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5205 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5206 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5207 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5208 5209 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5210 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5211 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5212 5213 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5214 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5215 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5216 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5217 5218 // Handle small structures. 5219 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5220 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5221 // fail the size test above. 5222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5224 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5225 5226 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5227 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5228 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5229 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5230 if (Size == 32) 5231 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5232 else 5233 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5234 } else 5235 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5236 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5237 } 5238 5239 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5240 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5241 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5242 5243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5244 } 5245 5246 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5247 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5248 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5249 5250 namespace { 5251 5252 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5253 public: 5254 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5255 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5256 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5257 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5258 }; 5259 5260 } 5261 5262 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5263 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5264 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5265 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5266 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5267 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5268 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5269 5270 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5271 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5272 5273 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5274 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5275 5276 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5277 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5278 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5279 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5280 } 5281 } 5282 } 5283 5284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5285 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5286 // big-endian variants. 5287 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5288 5289 namespace { 5290 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5291 bool IsO32; 5292 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5293 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5294 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5295 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5296 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5297 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5298 public: 5299 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5300 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5301 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5302 5303 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5304 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5305 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5306 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5307 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5308 }; 5309 5310 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5311 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5312 public: 5313 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5314 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5315 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5316 5317 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5318 return 29; 5319 } 5320 5321 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5322 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5323 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5324 if (!FD) return; 5325 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5326 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5327 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5328 } 5329 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5330 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5331 } 5332 } 5333 5334 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5335 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5336 5337 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5338 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5339 } 5340 }; 5341 } 5342 5343 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5344 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5345 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5346 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5347 5348 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5349 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5350 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5351 5352 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5353 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5354 5355 if (R) 5356 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5357 } 5358 5359 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5360 // a register. 5361 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5362 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5363 5364 if (IsO32) { 5365 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5366 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5367 } 5368 5369 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5370 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5371 5372 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5373 5374 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5375 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5376 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5377 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5378 } 5379 5380 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5381 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5382 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5383 5384 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5385 unsigned idx = 0; 5386 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5387 5388 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5389 // double fields. 5390 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5391 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5392 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5393 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5394 5395 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5396 continue; 5397 5398 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5399 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5400 continue; 5401 5402 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5403 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5404 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5405 5406 // Add double type. 5407 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5408 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5409 } 5410 5411 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5412 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5413 5414 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5415 } 5416 5417 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5418 uint64_t Offset) const { 5419 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5420 return nullptr; 5421 5422 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5423 } 5424 5425 ABIArgInfo 5426 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5427 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5428 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5429 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5430 5431 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5432 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5433 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5434 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5435 5436 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5437 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5438 if (TySize == 0) 5439 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5440 5441 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5442 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5443 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5444 } 5445 5446 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5447 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5448 // aggregate is unaligned. 5449 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5450 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5451 } 5452 5453 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5454 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5455 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5456 5457 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5458 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5459 5460 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5461 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5462 } 5463 5464 llvm::Type* 5465 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5466 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5467 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5468 5469 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5470 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5471 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5472 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5473 5474 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5475 // following conditions are met: 5476 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5477 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5478 // point types. 5479 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5480 // 5481 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5482 // 5483 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5484 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5485 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5486 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5487 5488 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5489 break; 5490 5491 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5492 } 5493 5494 if (b == e) 5495 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5496 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5497 5498 RTList.clear(); 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5503 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5504 } 5505 5506 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5507 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5508 5509 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0) 5510 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5511 5512 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5513 if (Size <= 128) { 5514 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5515 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5516 5517 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers. 5518 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) 5519 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5520 5521 if (!IsO32) 5522 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5523 } 5524 5525 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5526 } 5527 5528 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5529 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5530 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5531 5532 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5533 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5534 } 5535 5536 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5537 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5538 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5539 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5540 5541 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5542 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5543 5544 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5545 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5546 } 5547 5548 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5549 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5550 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5551 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5552 5553 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5554 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5555 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5556 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5557 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5558 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5559 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5560 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5561 5562 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5563 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5564 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5565 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5566 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5567 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5568 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5569 } 5570 else 5571 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5572 5573 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5574 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5575 uint64_t Offset = 5576 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); 5577 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5578 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5579 "ap.next"); 5580 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5581 5582 return AddrTyped; 5583 } 5584 5585 bool 5586 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5587 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5588 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5589 // as canonical as it gets. 5590 5591 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5592 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5593 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5594 5595 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5596 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5597 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5598 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5599 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5600 5601 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5602 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5603 5604 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5605 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5606 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5607 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5608 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5609 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5610 return false; 5611 } 5612 5613 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5614 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5615 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5616 // handling. 5617 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5618 5619 namespace { 5620 5621 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5622 public: 5623 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5624 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5625 5626 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5627 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5628 }; 5629 5630 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5631 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5632 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5633 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5634 if (!FD) return; 5635 5636 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5637 5638 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5639 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5640 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5641 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5642 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5643 if (Attr) { 5644 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5645 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5646 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5647 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5648 5649 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 5650 Operands.push_back(F); 5651 5652 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5653 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 5654 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5655 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 5656 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5657 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 5658 5659 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5660 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5661 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5662 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 5663 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5664 } 5665 } 5666 } 5667 } 5668 5669 } 5670 5671 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5672 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5673 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5674 5675 namespace { 5676 5677 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5678 5679 5680 public: 5681 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5682 5683 private: 5684 5685 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5686 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5687 5688 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5689 5690 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5691 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5692 }; 5693 5694 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5695 public: 5696 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5697 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5698 5699 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5700 return 29; 5701 } 5702 }; 5703 5704 } 5705 5706 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5707 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5708 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5709 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5710 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5711 } 5712 5713 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5714 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5715 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5716 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5717 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5718 5719 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5720 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5721 } 5722 5723 // Ignore empty records. 5724 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5725 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5726 5727 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5728 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5729 5730 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5731 if (Size > 64) 5732 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5733 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5734 else if (Size > 32) 5735 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5736 else if (Size > 16) 5737 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5738 else if (Size > 8) 5739 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5740 else 5741 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5742 } 5743 5744 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5745 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5746 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5747 5748 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5749 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5750 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5751 5752 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5753 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5754 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5755 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5756 5757 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5758 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5759 } 5760 5761 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5762 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5763 5764 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5765 // are returned indirectly. 5766 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5767 if (Size <= 64) { 5768 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5769 if (Size <= 8) 5770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5771 if (Size <= 16) 5772 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5773 if (Size <= 32) 5774 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5775 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5776 } 5777 5778 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5779 } 5780 5781 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5782 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5783 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5784 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5785 5786 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5787 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5788 "ap"); 5789 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5790 llvm::Type *PTy = 5791 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5792 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5793 5794 uint64_t Offset = 5795 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5796 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5797 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5798 "ap.next"); 5799 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5800 5801 return AddrTyped; 5802 } 5803 5804 5805 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5806 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 5807 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 5808 // 5809 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 5810 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 5811 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 5812 // 5813 // One case requires special care: 5814 // 5815 // struct mixed { 5816 // int i; 5817 // float f; 5818 // }; 5819 // 5820 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 5821 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 5822 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 5823 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 5824 // 5825 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 5826 // 5827 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 5828 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 5829 // bytes. 5830 // 5831 namespace { 5832 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5833 public: 5834 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5835 5836 private: 5837 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 5838 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5839 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5840 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5841 5842 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 5843 // serves two purposes: 5844 // 5845 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 5846 // in registers. 5847 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 5848 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 5849 // 5850 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 5851 // aligned 32-bit floats. 5852 // 5853 struct CoerceBuilder { 5854 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 5855 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 5856 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 5857 uint64_t Size; 5858 bool InReg; 5859 5860 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 5861 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 5862 5863 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 5864 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 5865 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 5866 if (ToSize == Size) 5867 return; 5868 5869 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 5870 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 5871 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 5872 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 5873 Size = Aligned; 5874 } 5875 5876 // Add whole 64-bit words. 5877 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 5878 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 5879 Size += 64; 5880 } 5881 5882 // Final in-word padding. 5883 if (Size < ToSize) { 5884 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 5885 Size = ToSize; 5886 } 5887 } 5888 5889 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 5890 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 5891 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 5892 if (Offset % Bits) 5893 return; 5894 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 5895 if (Bits < 64) 5896 InReg = true; 5897 pad(Offset); 5898 Elems.push_back(Ty); 5899 Size = Offset + Bits; 5900 } 5901 5902 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 5903 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 5904 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 5905 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 5906 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 5907 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 5908 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 5909 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 5910 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 5911 break; 5912 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 5913 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 5914 break; 5915 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 5916 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 5917 break; 5918 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 5919 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 5920 break; 5921 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 5922 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 5923 pad(ElemOffset); 5924 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 5925 Size += 64; 5926 } 5927 break; 5928 default: 5929 break; 5930 } 5931 } 5932 } 5933 5934 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 5935 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 5936 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 5937 return false; 5938 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 5939 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 5940 return false; 5941 return true; 5942 } 5943 5944 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 5945 llvm::Type *getType() const { 5946 if (Elems.size() == 1) 5947 return Elems.front(); 5948 else 5949 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 5950 } 5951 }; 5952 }; 5953 } // end anonymous namespace 5954 5955 ABIArgInfo 5956 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 5957 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 5958 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5959 5960 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5961 5962 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 5963 // pointer / sret pointer. 5964 if (Size > SizeLimit) 5965 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5966 5967 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5968 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5969 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5970 5971 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 5972 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 5973 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5974 5975 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 5976 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 5977 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5978 5979 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 5980 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 5981 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5982 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5983 5984 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 5985 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 5986 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 5987 if (!StrTy) 5988 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5989 5990 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 5991 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 5992 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 5993 5994 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 5995 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 5996 5997 if (CB.InReg) 5998 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 5999 else 6000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6001 } 6002 6003 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6004 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6005 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6006 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6007 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6008 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6009 6010 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6011 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6012 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6013 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6014 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6015 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6016 unsigned Stride; 6017 6018 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6019 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6020 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6021 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6022 6023 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6024 Stride = 8; 6025 ArgAddr = Builder 6026 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6027 "extend"); 6028 break; 6029 6030 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6031 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6032 ArgAddr = Addr; 6033 break; 6034 6035 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6036 Stride = 8; 6037 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6038 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6039 "indirect"); 6040 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6041 break; 6042 6043 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6044 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6045 } 6046 6047 // Update VAList. 6048 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6049 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6050 6051 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6052 } 6053 6054 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6055 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6056 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6057 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6058 } 6059 6060 namespace { 6061 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6062 public: 6063 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6064 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6065 6066 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6067 return 14; 6068 } 6069 6070 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6071 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6072 }; 6073 } // end anonymous namespace 6074 6075 bool 6076 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6077 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6078 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6079 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6080 6081 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6082 6083 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6084 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6085 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6086 6087 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6088 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6089 6090 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6091 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6092 6093 // Y = 64 6094 // PSR = 65 6095 // WIM = 66 6096 // TBR = 67 6097 // PC = 68 6098 // NPC = 69 6099 // FSR = 70 6100 // CSR = 71 6101 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6102 6103 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6104 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6105 6106 return false; 6107 } 6108 6109 6110 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6111 // XCore ABI Implementation 6112 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6113 6114 namespace { 6115 6116 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6117 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6118 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6119 6120 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6121 /// 6122 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6123 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6124 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6125 /// 6126 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6127 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6128 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6129 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6130 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6131 /// Recursive type encoding. 6132 /// 6133 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6134 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6135 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6136 /// the type is encountered. 6137 /// 6138 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6139 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6140 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6141 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6142 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6143 /// 6144 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6145 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6146 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6147 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6148 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6149 /// 6150 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6151 /// 6152 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6153 /// cached encoding is used; 6154 /// 6155 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6156 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6157 /// 6158 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6159 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6160 /// 6161 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6162 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6163 /// it is swapped back in; 6164 /// 6165 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6166 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6167 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6168 /// 6169 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6170 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6171 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6172 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6173 /// 6174 class TypeStringCache { 6175 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6176 struct Entry { 6177 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6178 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6179 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6180 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6181 }; 6182 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6183 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6184 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6185 public: 6186 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6187 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6188 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6189 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6190 bool IsRecursive); 6191 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6192 }; 6193 6194 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6195 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6196 class FieldEncoding { 6197 bool HasName; 6198 std::string Enc; 6199 public: 6200 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6201 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6202 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6203 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6204 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6205 } 6206 }; 6207 6208 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6209 public: 6210 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6211 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6212 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6213 }; 6214 6215 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6216 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6217 public: 6218 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6219 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6220 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6221 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6222 }; 6223 6224 } // End anonymous namespace. 6225 6226 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6227 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6228 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6229 6230 // Get the VAList. 6231 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6232 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6233 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6234 6235 // Handle the argument. 6236 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6237 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6238 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6239 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6240 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6241 llvm::Value *Val; 6242 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6243 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6244 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6245 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6246 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6247 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6248 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6249 ArgSize = 0; 6250 break; 6251 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6252 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6253 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6254 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6255 if (ArgSize < 4) 6256 ArgSize = 4; 6257 break; 6258 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6259 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6260 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6261 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6262 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6263 ArgSize = 4; 6264 break; 6265 } 6266 6267 // Increment the VAList. 6268 if (ArgSize) { 6269 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6270 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6271 } 6272 return Val; 6273 } 6274 6275 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6276 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6277 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6278 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6279 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6280 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6281 std::string StubEnc) { 6282 if (!ID) 6283 return; 6284 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6285 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6286 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6287 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6288 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6289 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6290 E.State = Incomplete; 6291 ++IncompleteCount; 6292 } 6293 6294 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6295 /// must be removed from the cache. 6296 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6297 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6298 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6299 if (!ID) 6300 return false; 6301 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6302 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6303 Entry &E = I->second; 6304 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6305 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6306 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6307 bool IsRecursive = false; 6308 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6309 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6310 IsRecursive = true; 6311 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6312 } 6313 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6314 Map.erase(I); 6315 else { 6316 // Swap the Recursive back. 6317 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6318 E.Swapped.clear(); 6319 E.State = Recursive; 6320 } 6321 --IncompleteCount; 6322 return IsRecursive; 6323 } 6324 6325 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6326 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6327 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6328 bool IsRecursive) { 6329 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6330 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6331 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6332 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6333 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6334 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6335 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6336 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6337 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6338 return; 6339 } 6340 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6341 E.Str = Str.str(); 6342 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6343 } 6344 6345 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6346 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6347 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6348 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6349 if (!ID) 6350 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6351 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6352 if (I == Map.end()) 6353 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6354 Entry &E = I->second; 6355 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6356 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6357 6358 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6359 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6360 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6361 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6362 } 6363 return E.Str.c_str(); 6364 } 6365 6366 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6367 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6368 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6369 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6370 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6371 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6372 /// 6373 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6374 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6375 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6376 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6377 /// 6378 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6379 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6380 6381 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6382 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6383 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6384 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6385 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6386 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6387 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6388 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6389 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6390 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6391 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6392 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6393 } 6394 } 6395 6396 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6397 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6398 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6399 6400 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6401 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6402 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6403 const RecordDecl *RD, 6404 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6405 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6406 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end(); 6407 I != E; ++I) { 6408 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6409 Enc += "m("; 6410 Enc += I->getName(); 6411 Enc += "){"; 6412 if (I->isBitField()) { 6413 Enc += "b("; 6414 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6415 OS.resync(); 6416 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6417 OS.flush(); 6418 Enc += ':'; 6419 } 6420 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6421 return false; 6422 if (I->isBitField()) 6423 Enc += ')'; 6424 Enc += '}'; 6425 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6426 } 6427 return true; 6428 } 6429 6430 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6431 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6432 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6433 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6434 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6435 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6436 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6437 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6438 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6439 Enc += TypeString; 6440 return true; 6441 } 6442 6443 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6444 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6445 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6446 Enc += '('; 6447 if (ID) 6448 Enc += ID->getName(); 6449 Enc += "){"; 6450 6451 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6452 bool IsRecursive = false; 6453 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6454 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6455 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6456 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6457 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6458 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6459 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6460 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6461 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6462 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6463 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6464 return false; 6465 } 6466 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6467 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6468 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6469 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6470 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6471 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6472 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6473 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6474 if (I) 6475 Enc += ','; 6476 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6477 } 6478 } 6479 Enc += '}'; 6480 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6481 return true; 6482 } 6483 6484 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6485 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6486 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6487 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6488 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6489 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6490 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6491 Enc += TypeString; 6492 return true; 6493 } 6494 6495 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6496 Enc += "e("; 6497 if (ID) 6498 Enc += ID->getName(); 6499 Enc += "){"; 6500 6501 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6502 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6503 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6504 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6505 ++I) { 6506 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6507 EnumEnc += "m("; 6508 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6509 EnumEnc += "){"; 6510 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6511 EnumEnc += '}'; 6512 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6513 } 6514 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6515 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6516 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6517 if (I) 6518 Enc += ','; 6519 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6520 } 6521 } 6522 Enc += '}'; 6523 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6524 return true; 6525 } 6526 6527 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6528 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6529 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6530 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6531 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6532 int Lookup = 0; 6533 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6534 Lookup += 1<<0; 6535 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6536 Lookup += 1<<1; 6537 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6538 Lookup += 1<<2; 6539 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6540 } 6541 6542 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6543 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6544 const char *EncType; 6545 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6546 case BuiltinType::Void: 6547 EncType = "0"; 6548 break; 6549 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6550 EncType = "b"; 6551 break; 6552 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6553 EncType = "uc"; 6554 break; 6555 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6556 EncType = "uc"; 6557 break; 6558 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6559 EncType = "sc"; 6560 break; 6561 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6562 EncType = "us"; 6563 break; 6564 case BuiltinType::Short: 6565 EncType = "ss"; 6566 break; 6567 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6568 EncType = "ui"; 6569 break; 6570 case BuiltinType::Int: 6571 EncType = "si"; 6572 break; 6573 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6574 EncType = "ul"; 6575 break; 6576 case BuiltinType::Long: 6577 EncType = "sl"; 6578 break; 6579 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6580 EncType = "ull"; 6581 break; 6582 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6583 EncType = "sll"; 6584 break; 6585 case BuiltinType::Float: 6586 EncType = "ft"; 6587 break; 6588 case BuiltinType::Double: 6589 EncType = "d"; 6590 break; 6591 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6592 EncType = "ld"; 6593 break; 6594 default: 6595 return false; 6596 } 6597 Enc += EncType; 6598 return true; 6599 } 6600 6601 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6602 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6603 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6604 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6605 Enc += "p("; 6606 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6607 return false; 6608 Enc += ')'; 6609 return true; 6610 } 6611 6612 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6613 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6614 const ArrayType *AT, 6615 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6616 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6617 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6618 return false; 6619 Enc += "a("; 6620 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6621 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6622 else 6623 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6624 Enc += ':'; 6625 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6626 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6627 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6628 return false; 6629 Enc += ')'; 6630 return true; 6631 } 6632 6633 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6634 /// and the arguments. 6635 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6636 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6637 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6638 Enc += "f{"; 6639 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6640 return false; 6641 Enc += "}("; 6642 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6643 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6644 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6645 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6646 if (I != E) { 6647 do { 6648 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6649 return false; 6650 ++I; 6651 if (I != E) 6652 Enc += ','; 6653 } while (I != E); 6654 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6655 Enc += ",va"; 6656 } else { 6657 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6658 Enc += "va"; 6659 else 6660 Enc += '0'; 6661 } 6662 } 6663 Enc += ')'; 6664 return true; 6665 } 6666 6667 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6668 /// type encodings. 6669 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6670 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6671 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6672 6673 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6674 6675 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6676 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6677 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6678 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6679 6680 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6681 6682 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6683 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6684 6685 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6686 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6687 6688 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6689 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6690 6691 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6692 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6693 6694 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6695 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6696 6697 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6698 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6699 6700 return false; 6701 } 6702 6703 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6704 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6705 if (!D) 6706 return false; 6707 6708 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6709 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6710 return false; 6711 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6712 } 6713 6714 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6715 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6716 return false; 6717 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6718 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6719 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6720 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6721 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6722 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6723 } 6724 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6725 } 6726 return false; 6727 } 6728 6729 6730 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6731 // Driver code 6732 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6733 6734 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6735 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6736 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6737 6738 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6739 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6740 default: 6741 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6742 6743 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6744 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6745 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6746 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6747 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6748 6749 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6750 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6751 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6752 6753 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6754 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 6755 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6756 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6757 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6758 6759 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6760 } 6761 6762 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6763 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6764 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6765 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6766 { 6767 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6768 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6769 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6770 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6771 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6772 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6773 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6774 6775 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6776 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6777 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6778 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6779 default: 6780 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6781 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6782 } 6783 } 6784 6785 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6786 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6787 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6788 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6789 // FIXME: Should be switchable via command-line option. 6790 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6791 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6792 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6793 } else 6794 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6795 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6796 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6797 // FIXME: Should be switchable via command-line option. 6798 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6799 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6800 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6801 } 6802 6803 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 6804 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 6805 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6806 6807 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 6808 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6809 6810 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 6811 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6812 6813 case llvm::Triple::tce: 6814 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6815 6816 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 6817 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 6818 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 6819 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 6820 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 6821 6822 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6823 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6824 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6825 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6826 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6827 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6828 } else { 6829 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6830 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6831 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6832 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6833 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6834 } 6835 } 6836 6837 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 6838 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 6839 6840 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6841 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 6842 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6843 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6844 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6845 HasAVX)); 6846 default: 6847 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6848 HasAVX)); 6849 } 6850 } 6851 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 6852 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6853 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 6854 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6855 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 6856 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6857 } 6858 } 6859